i18n: Sync classref translations with Weblate

doc/translations/ar.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Arabic translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Airbus5717 <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -14,12 +14,13 @@
 # Alaa alden Aldroubi <[email protected]>, 2021.
 # يزن حمزه <[email protected]>, 2021.
 # HASSAN GAMER - حسن جيمر <[email protected]>, 2022.
+# Spirit <[email protected]>, 2022.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Godot Engine class reference\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://github.com/godotengine/godot\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-01-03 03:53+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: HASSAN GAMER - حسن جيمر <gamerhassan55@gmail.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-01-10 13:18+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Spirit <i8bou3@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/godot-engine/"
 "godot-class-reference/ar/>\n"
 "Language: ar\n"
@@ -71,9 +72,8 @@ msgid "Method Descriptions"
 msgstr "أوصاف الدوال"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "Theme Property Descriptions"
-msgstr "أوصاف المُلكية"
+msgstr "أوصاف خاصية الثمات"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Inherits:"
@@ -89,15 +89,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Default"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "افتراضي"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Setter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "واضع"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "قيمة"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Getter"
@@ -2829,7 +2829,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3823,8 +3828,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9425,15 +9428,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15546,9 +15551,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15564,17 +15568,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15582,8 +15587,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15591,16 +15598,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15958,6 +15969,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "يُرجع جيب المَعلم."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "يُرجع جيب المَعلم."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "يُرجع جيب المَعلم."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "يُرجع جيب المَعلم."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "يُرجع جيب المَعلم."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "يُرجع جيب المَعلم."
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16445,7 +16489,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22233,111 +22285,247 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "يُرجع جيب المَعلم."
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23784,9 +23972,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23843,7 +24036,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25572,6 +25767,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "يُرجع جيب المَعلم."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29583,7 +29867,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33479,7 +33763,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33493,7 +33777,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33717,7 +34002,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34706,7 +34991,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34775,9 +35060,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34867,12 +35152,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -34899,13 +35178,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35255,7 +35527,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38408,6 +38680,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40157,6 +40432,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40277,6 +40556,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44744,7 +45027,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45505,6 +45790,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48105,9 +48402,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51451,6 +51746,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52219,6 +52520,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52925,7 +53236,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53123,7 +53434,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54257,13 +54568,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60726,7 +61037,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61831,7 +62144,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/ca.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Catalan translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # roger <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -2857,7 +2857,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3851,8 +3856,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9445,15 +9448,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15540,9 +15545,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15558,17 +15562,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15576,8 +15581,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15585,16 +15592,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15952,6 +15963,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16439,7 +16477,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22223,111 +22269,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23772,9 +23953,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23831,7 +24017,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25560,6 +25748,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29565,7 +29841,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33456,7 +33732,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33470,7 +33746,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33694,7 +33971,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34663,7 +34940,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34731,9 +35008,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34823,12 +35100,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34854,13 +35125,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35208,7 +35472,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38352,6 +38616,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40082,6 +40349,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40202,6 +40473,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44660,7 +44935,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45421,6 +45698,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48022,9 +48311,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51365,6 +51652,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52133,6 +52426,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52834,7 +53137,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53032,7 +53335,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54166,13 +54469,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60624,7 +60927,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61728,7 +62033,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/classes.pot

@@ -2737,7 +2737,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3731,8 +3736,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9312,15 +9315,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15387,9 +15392,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15405,17 +15409,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15423,8 +15428,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15432,16 +15439,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15799,6 +15810,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16286,7 +16324,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22044,111 +22090,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23588,9 +23769,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23647,7 +23833,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25367,6 +25555,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29356,7 +29632,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33228,7 +33504,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33242,7 +33518,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33466,7 +33743,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34423,7 +34700,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34491,9 +34768,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34583,12 +34860,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34614,13 +34885,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34968,7 +35232,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38100,6 +38364,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -39830,6 +40097,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -39947,6 +40218,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44404,7 +44679,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45165,6 +45442,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -47760,9 +48049,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51093,6 +51380,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -51857,6 +52150,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52554,7 +52857,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -52752,7 +53055,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53886,13 +54189,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60335,7 +60638,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61438,7 +61743,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/cs.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Czech translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Ondrej Pavelka <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -3238,7 +3238,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -4232,8 +4237,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9833,15 +9836,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15943,9 +15948,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15958,20 +15962,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
+"Vrací [code]true[/code] pokud si jsou [code]a[/code] a [code]b[/code] "
+"přiblížně rovny."
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15979,8 +15987,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15988,16 +15998,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -16379,6 +16393,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Vrací [code]true[/code] pokud [code]s[/code] je nula nebo téměř nula."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Vrací [code]true[/code] pokud [code]s[/code] je nula nebo téměř nula."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Vrací [code]true[/code] pokud [code]s[/code] je nula nebo téměř nula."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Vrací [code]true[/code] pokud [code]s[/code] je nula nebo téměř nula."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Vrací [code]true[/code] pokud [code]s[/code] je nula nebo téměř nula."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Vrací [code]true[/code] pokud [code]s[/code] je nula nebo téměř nula."
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16866,7 +16913,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22661,111 +22716,247 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "Vrátí sinus parametru."
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -24211,9 +24402,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -24270,7 +24466,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25999,6 +26197,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "Vrátí sinus parametru."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -30015,7 +30302,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33912,7 +34199,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33926,7 +34213,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -34150,7 +34438,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -35139,7 +35427,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -35210,9 +35498,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35302,12 +35590,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -35334,13 +35616,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35690,7 +35965,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38845,6 +39120,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40600,6 +40878,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40720,6 +41002,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -45188,7 +45474,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45949,6 +46237,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48551,9 +48851,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51897,6 +52195,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52664,6 +52968,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -53371,7 +53685,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53569,7 +53883,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54704,13 +55018,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -61206,7 +61520,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -62310,7 +62626,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/de.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # German translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Jaigskim <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -3619,8 +3619,13 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr "Gamepad-Taste 22."
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
-msgstr "Die maximale Anzahl der Tasten des Game-Controllers."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
 msgid "DualShock circle button."
@@ -4732,8 +4737,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -11291,15 +11294,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -17565,9 +17570,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -17580,20 +17584,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
+"Gibt [code]true[/code] zurück wenn Einstellung welche durch [code]name[/"
+"code]angegeben ist, existiert, ansonsten [code]false[/code]."
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -17601,8 +17609,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -17610,16 +17620,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -18005,6 +18019,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Entfernt die Animation mit dem key [code]name[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Entfernt die Animation mit dem key [code]name[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Entfernt die Animation mit dem key [code]name[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Entfernt die Animation mit dem key [code]name[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Liefert die Position des Punktes bei Index [code]Punkt[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Entfernt die Animation mit dem key [code]name[/code]."
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -18495,7 +18542,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -24307,111 +24362,252 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid ""
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
+msgstr "Legt den aktuell sichtbaren Rahmen der Textur fest."
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "Gibt den Sinus des Parameters zurück."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr "Entfernt das Element der Arrays dessen Position übergeben wurde."
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+"Entfernt den Punkt bei Index [code]Punkt[/code] aus dem Überblendungsbereich."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr "Wird verwendet, um Eigenschaften im Editor zu gruppieren."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -25868,9 +26064,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25927,7 +26128,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -27669,6 +27872,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "Der Name des Audiobusses des Bereichs."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -31716,7 +32008,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -35625,7 +35917,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -35639,7 +35931,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -35863,7 +36156,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -36865,7 +37158,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -36940,9 +37233,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -37034,12 +37327,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -37067,13 +37354,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -37432,7 +37712,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -40594,6 +40874,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -42373,6 +42656,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -42494,6 +42781,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -47052,7 +47343,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -47819,6 +48112,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -50452,9 +50757,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 "AABB besteht aus einer Position, einer Größe und mehreren Hilfsfunktionen. "
 "Es wird typischerweise für schnelle Überlappungstests verwendet."
@@ -53818,6 +54121,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -54589,6 +54898,17 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr "Wird ausgegeben, wenn eine Vorlage hinzugefügt wird."
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -55305,7 +55625,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -55510,7 +55830,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -56659,13 +56979,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -63240,7 +63560,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 "Tweens sind nützlich für Animationen, bei denen eine numerische Eigenschaft "
 "über einen Bereich von Werten interpoliert werden muss. Der Name [i]tween[/"
@@ -64398,8 +64720,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "[code]length[/code] begrenzt wird."
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
-msgstr "Gibt das Kreuzprodukt aus diesem Vektor und [code]mit[/code] zurück."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
 #, fuzzy

doc/translations/el.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # LANGUAGE translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Dabs Yt <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -2750,7 +2750,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3744,8 +3749,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9346,15 +9349,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15467,9 +15472,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15485,17 +15489,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15503,8 +15508,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15512,16 +15519,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15879,6 +15890,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Επιστρέφει το ημίτονο της παραμέτρου."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Επιστρέφει το ημίτονο της παραμέτρου."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Επιστρέφει το ημίτονο της παραμέτρου."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Επιστρέφει το ημίτονο της παραμέτρου."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Επιστρέφει το ημίτονο της παραμέτρου."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Επιστρέφει το ημίτονο της παραμέτρου."
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16366,7 +16410,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22154,111 +22206,247 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "Επιστρέφει το ημίτονο της παραμέτρου."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23705,9 +23893,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23764,7 +23957,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25493,6 +25688,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "Επιστρέφει το ημίτονο της παραμέτρου."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29504,7 +29788,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33400,7 +33684,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33414,7 +33698,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33638,7 +33923,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34621,7 +34906,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34690,9 +34975,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34782,12 +35067,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -34814,13 +35093,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35170,7 +35442,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38323,6 +38595,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40060,6 +40335,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40180,6 +40459,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44647,7 +44930,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45408,6 +45693,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48008,9 +48305,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51354,6 +51649,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52122,6 +52423,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52828,7 +53139,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53026,7 +53337,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54160,13 +54471,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60629,7 +60940,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61734,7 +62047,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/fa.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # LANGUAGE translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Tetra Homer <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -13,12 +13,13 @@
 # MSKF <[email protected]>, 2020.
 # ItzMiad44909858f5774b6d <[email protected]>, 2020.
 # ahmad maftoon <[email protected]>, 2021.
+# Seyed Fazel Alavi <[email protected]>, 2022.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Godot Engine class reference\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://github.com/godotengine/godot\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 20:34+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ahmad maftoon <ahmadmaftoon.1387@gmail.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-01-09 14:57+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Seyed Fazel Alavi <fazel8195@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Persian <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/godot-engine/"
 "godot-class-reference/fa/>\n"
 "Language: fa\n"
@@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.7-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 4.10.1\n"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Description"
@@ -34,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr "تعریف"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Tutorials"
-msgstr "آموزش‌ها"
+msgstr "آموزش ها"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Properties"
@@ -42,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr "خصوصیات"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Methods"
-msgstr "توابع"
+msgstr "روش ها"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Theme Properties"
@@ -50,7 +51,7 @@ msgstr "خصوصیات زمینه"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Signals"
-msgstr "سیگنال‌ها"
+msgstr "سیگنال ها"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Enumerations"
@@ -3175,7 +3176,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -4169,8 +4175,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9769,15 +9773,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15884,9 +15890,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15902,17 +15907,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15920,8 +15926,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15929,16 +15937,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -16296,6 +16308,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16783,7 +16822,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22567,111 +22614,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -24117,9 +24299,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -24176,7 +24363,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25905,6 +26094,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29913,7 +30190,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33807,7 +34084,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33821,7 +34098,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -34045,7 +34323,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -35022,7 +35300,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -35090,9 +35368,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35182,12 +35460,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -35213,13 +35485,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35567,7 +35832,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38717,6 +38982,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40461,6 +40729,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40581,6 +40853,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -45041,7 +45317,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45802,6 +46080,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48406,9 +48696,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51752,6 +52040,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52520,6 +52814,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -53226,7 +53530,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53424,7 +53728,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54558,13 +54862,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -61019,7 +61323,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -62124,7 +62430,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/fi.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Finnish translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Tapani Niemi <[email protected]>, 2020, 2021.
@@ -2763,7 +2763,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3757,8 +3762,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9358,15 +9361,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15466,9 +15471,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15484,17 +15488,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15502,8 +15507,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15511,16 +15518,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15878,6 +15889,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Laskee kahden vektorin ristitulon."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Laskee kahden vektorin ristitulon."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Laskee kahden vektorin ristitulon."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Laskee kahden vektorin ristitulon."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Laskee kahden vektorin ristitulon."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Laskee kahden vektorin ristitulon."
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16365,7 +16409,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22153,111 +22205,247 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "Palauttaa parametrin sinin."
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23703,9 +23891,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23762,7 +23955,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25492,6 +25687,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "Palauttaa parametrin sinin."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29508,7 +29792,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33404,7 +33688,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33418,7 +33702,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33642,7 +33927,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34624,7 +34909,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34693,9 +34978,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34785,12 +35070,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -34817,13 +35096,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35173,7 +35445,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38324,6 +38596,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40059,6 +40334,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40179,6 +40458,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44645,7 +44928,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45406,6 +45691,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48004,9 +48301,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51346,6 +51641,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52114,6 +52415,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52820,7 +53131,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53018,7 +53329,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54153,13 +54464,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60621,7 +60932,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61725,9 +62038,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
-msgstr "Laskee kahden vektorin ristitulon."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
 msgid ""

doc/translations/fil.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # LANGUAGE translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Jethro Parker <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -2744,7 +2744,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3738,8 +3743,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9338,15 +9341,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15453,9 +15458,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15471,17 +15475,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15489,8 +15494,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15498,16 +15505,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15865,6 +15876,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16352,7 +16390,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22136,111 +22182,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23686,9 +23867,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23745,7 +23931,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25474,6 +25662,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29482,7 +29758,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33376,7 +33652,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33390,7 +33666,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33614,7 +33891,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34585,7 +34862,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34653,9 +34930,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34745,12 +35022,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34776,13 +35047,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35130,7 +35394,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38280,6 +38544,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40012,6 +40279,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40132,6 +40403,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44592,7 +44867,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45353,6 +45630,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -47953,9 +48242,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51299,6 +51586,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52067,6 +52360,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52773,7 +53076,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -52971,7 +53274,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54105,13 +54408,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60566,7 +60869,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61671,7 +61976,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/fr.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # French translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Rémi Verschelde <[email protected]>, 2020, 2021.
@@ -3654,8 +3654,13 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr "Bouton 22 de la manette."
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
-msgstr "Le nombre maximum de boutons supportés pour un contrôleur de jeu."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
 msgid "DualShock circle button."
@@ -4767,8 +4772,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -10983,15 +10986,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -17420,9 +17425,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -17435,20 +17439,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
+"Retourne [code]true[/code] si le paramètre spécifié par [code]name[/code] "
+"existe, [code]false[/code] autrement."
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -17456,8 +17464,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -17465,16 +17475,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -17867,6 +17881,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Supprime l’animation avec la touche [code]name[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Supprime l’animation avec la touche [code]name[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Supprime l’animation avec la touche [code]name[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Supprime l’animation avec la touche [code]name[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Retourne la position du point à l'index [code]point[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Supprime l’animation avec la touche [code]name[/code]."
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -18356,7 +18403,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -24253,122 +24308,258 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+"Supprime un [code]name[/code] de chargement automatique à partir de la liste."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr "Crée une instance de [code]class[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 #, fuzzy
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
+msgstr "Définit le trame présentement visible de l'animation."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
-msgstr ""
-"Retourne un [Dictionary] contenant le chemin d’accès de la modification de "
-"fichier détectée mappée à un entier signifiant quel type de modification le "
-"fichier correspondant a connu.\n"
-"Les valeurs d’entiers suivantes sont utilisées pour signifier que le fichier "
-"détecté est :\n"
-"- [code]0[/code] : Nouveau dans le répertoire de travail VCS\n"
-"- [code]1[/code] : Modifié\n"
-"- [code]2[/code] : Rebaptisé\n"
-"- [code]3[/code] : Supprimé\n"
-"- [code]4[/code] : Type changé"
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr "Retourne une représentation [String] de l'évènement."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "Retourne le nom du nœud à [code]idx[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr "Supprime un nœud de la sélection."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr "Supprime un nœud de la sélection."
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr "Ajoute un [Shape2D] au propriétaire de la forme."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr "Utilisé pour rassembler des propriétés ensemble dans l'éditeur."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr "Émis lorsqu'une nouvelle interface a été ajoutée."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr "Statut : Déconnecté du serveur."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -25852,9 +26043,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25911,7 +26107,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -27687,6 +27885,96 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr "Texture remplie de gradients."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "Texture remplie de gradients."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -31774,7 +32062,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -35767,7 +36055,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -35781,7 +36069,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -36007,7 +36296,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -37014,7 +37303,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -37087,9 +37376,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -37184,12 +37473,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -37216,13 +37499,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -37582,7 +37858,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -40785,6 +41061,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -42568,6 +42847,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -42690,6 +42973,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -47289,7 +47576,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -48053,6 +48342,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -50678,9 +50979,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 "Une AABB est constituée en une position, une taille, et plusieurs fonctions "
 "utilitaires. Principalement utilisée pour des tests de chevauchement rapides."
@@ -54058,6 +54357,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -54837,6 +55142,17 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr "Émis lorsque le défilement est commencé."
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -55552,7 +55868,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -55751,7 +56067,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -56926,13 +57242,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr "Bibliothèque de cadres Sprite pour AnimatedSprite2D."
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -63675,7 +63991,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -64793,8 +65111,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
-msgstr "Calcule le produit vectoriel de deux vecteurs et [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
 msgid ""

doc/translations/gl.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # LANGUAGE translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Andy Barcia <[email protected]>, 2021.
@@ -2745,7 +2745,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3739,8 +3744,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9320,15 +9323,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15395,9 +15400,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15413,17 +15417,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15431,8 +15436,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15440,16 +15447,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15807,6 +15818,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16294,7 +16332,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22052,111 +22098,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23596,9 +23777,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23655,7 +23841,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25375,6 +25563,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29364,7 +29640,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33236,7 +33512,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33250,7 +33526,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33474,7 +33751,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34431,7 +34708,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34499,9 +34776,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34591,12 +34868,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34622,13 +34893,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34976,7 +35240,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38108,6 +38372,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -39838,6 +40105,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -39955,6 +40226,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44412,7 +44687,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45173,6 +45450,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -47768,9 +48057,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51101,6 +51388,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -51865,6 +52158,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52562,7 +52865,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -52760,7 +53063,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53894,13 +54197,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60343,7 +60646,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61446,7 +61751,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/hi.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # LANGUAGE translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # harvinder rathor <[email protected]>, 2021.
@@ -2743,7 +2743,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3737,8 +3742,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9318,15 +9321,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15393,9 +15398,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15411,17 +15415,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15429,8 +15434,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15438,16 +15445,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15805,6 +15816,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16292,7 +16330,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22050,111 +22096,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23594,9 +23775,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23653,7 +23839,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25373,6 +25561,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29362,7 +29638,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33234,7 +33510,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33248,7 +33524,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33472,7 +33749,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34429,7 +34706,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34497,9 +34774,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34589,12 +34866,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34620,13 +34891,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34974,7 +35238,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38106,6 +38370,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -39836,6 +40103,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -39953,6 +40224,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44410,7 +44685,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45171,6 +45448,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -47766,9 +48055,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51099,6 +51386,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -51863,6 +52156,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52560,7 +52863,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -52758,7 +53061,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53892,13 +54195,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60341,7 +60644,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61444,7 +61749,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/hu.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # LANGUAGE translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Misi <[email protected]>, 2021.
@@ -2761,7 +2761,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3755,8 +3760,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9336,15 +9339,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15411,9 +15416,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15429,17 +15433,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15447,8 +15452,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15456,16 +15463,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15823,6 +15834,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16310,7 +16348,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22068,111 +22114,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23612,9 +23793,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23671,7 +23857,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25391,6 +25579,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29380,7 +29656,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33252,7 +33528,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33266,7 +33542,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33490,7 +33767,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34447,7 +34724,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34515,9 +34792,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34607,12 +34884,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34638,13 +34909,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34992,7 +35256,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38124,6 +38388,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -39854,6 +40121,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -39971,6 +40242,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44428,7 +44703,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45189,6 +45466,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -47784,9 +48073,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51117,6 +51404,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -51881,6 +52174,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52578,7 +52881,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -52776,7 +53079,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53910,13 +54213,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60359,7 +60662,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61462,7 +61767,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/id.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Indonesian translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Sofyan Sugianto <[email protected]>, 2020, 2021.
@@ -2949,7 +2949,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3943,8 +3948,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9543,15 +9546,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15659,9 +15664,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15677,17 +15681,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15695,8 +15700,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15704,16 +15711,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -16071,6 +16082,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16558,7 +16596,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22342,111 +22388,247 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "Mengembalikan nilai sinus hiperbolik invers dari parameter."
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23893,9 +24075,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23952,7 +24139,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25681,6 +25870,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "Mengembalikan nilai hiperbolik tangen dari parameter."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29689,7 +29967,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33583,7 +33861,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33597,7 +33875,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33821,7 +34100,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34804,7 +35083,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34872,9 +35151,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34964,12 +35243,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34995,13 +35268,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35349,7 +35615,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38500,6 +38766,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40245,6 +40514,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40365,6 +40638,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44828,7 +45105,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45589,6 +45868,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48189,9 +48480,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51535,6 +51824,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52303,6 +52598,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -53009,7 +53314,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53207,7 +53512,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54341,13 +54646,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60804,7 +61109,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61909,7 +62216,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/is.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Icelandic translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Tumi Gudmundsson <[email protected]>, 2021.
@@ -2744,7 +2744,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3738,8 +3743,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9319,15 +9322,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15394,9 +15399,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15412,17 +15416,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15430,8 +15435,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15439,16 +15446,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15806,6 +15817,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16293,7 +16331,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22051,111 +22097,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23595,9 +23776,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23654,7 +23840,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25374,6 +25562,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29363,7 +29639,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33235,7 +33511,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33249,7 +33525,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33473,7 +33750,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34430,7 +34707,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34498,9 +34775,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34590,12 +34867,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34621,13 +34892,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34975,7 +35239,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38107,6 +38371,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -39837,6 +40104,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -39954,6 +40225,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44411,7 +44686,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45172,6 +45449,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -47767,9 +48056,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51100,6 +51387,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -51864,6 +52157,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52561,7 +52864,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -52759,7 +53062,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53893,13 +54196,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60342,7 +60645,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61445,7 +61750,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/it.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Italian translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Micila Micillotto <[email protected]>, 2020, 2021.
@@ -3659,7 +3659,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -4670,8 +4675,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -10300,15 +10303,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -16492,9 +16497,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -16507,20 +16511,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
+"Ritorna [code]true[/code] se l'impostazione specificata da [code]name[/code] "
+"esiste, [code]false[/code] altrimenti."
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -16528,8 +16536,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -16537,16 +16547,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -16928,6 +16942,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Calcola il prodotto vettoriale di questo vettore e [code]with[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Calcola il prodotto vettoriale di questo vettore e [code]with[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Calcola il prodotto vettoriale di questo vettore e [code]with[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Calcola il prodotto vettoriale di questo vettore e [code]with[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Calcola il prodotto vettoriale di questo vettore e [code]with[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Calcola il prodotto vettoriale di questo vettore e [code]with[/code]."
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -17415,7 +17462,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -23210,111 +23265,247 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "Restituisce il seno del parametro."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -24762,9 +24953,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -24821,7 +25017,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -26558,6 +26756,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "Restituisce il seno del parametro."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -30586,7 +30873,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -34488,7 +34775,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -34502,7 +34789,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -34727,7 +35015,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -35719,7 +36007,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -35791,9 +36079,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35883,12 +36171,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -35915,13 +36197,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -36275,7 +36550,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -39437,6 +39712,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -41203,6 +41481,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -41323,6 +41605,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -45793,7 +46079,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -46554,6 +46842,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -49160,9 +49460,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -52510,6 +52808,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -53280,6 +53584,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -53987,7 +54301,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54186,7 +54500,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -55324,13 +55638,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -61832,7 +62146,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -62955,8 +63271,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
-msgstr "Calcola il prodotto vettoriale di questo vettore e [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
 msgid ""

doc/translations/ja.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Japanese translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Wataru Onuki <[email protected]>, 2020, 2021.
@@ -3559,8 +3559,13 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr "ゲームパッド ボタン2。"
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
-msgstr "サポートされるジョイスティック ボタンの最大数を表す。"
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
 msgid "DualShock circle button."
@@ -4666,8 +4671,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -11677,15 +11680,19 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr "enum [enum FFT_Size] のサイズを表します。"
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr "音をマイクで録音する際に使用するオーディオエフェクト。"
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 "ユーザーが音をマイクで録音できるようにします。録音されるオーディオファイルの"
 "フォーマットを設定し、取得できます (8 bit、16 bit、圧縮)。録音中であるかどう"
@@ -18189,9 +18196,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -18204,20 +18210,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
+"[code]name[/code] という名前で指定した設定が存在する場合は [code]true[/"
+"code]、そうでない場合は [code]false[/code] を返します。"
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -18225,8 +18235,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -18234,16 +18246,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -18625,6 +18641,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "キー名 [code]name[/code] のアニメーションを削除します。"
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "キー名 [code]name[/code] のアニメーションを削除します。"
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "キー名 [code]name[/code] のアニメーションを削除します。"
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "キー名 [code]name[/code] のアニメーションを削除します。"
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "インデックス [code]index[/code] のバスを削除します。"
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "キー名 [code]name[/code] のアニメーションを削除します。"
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -19115,7 +19164,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -24975,111 +25032,251 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid ""
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
+msgstr "テクスチャの現在表示されているフレームを設定します。"
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "このインデックスでのブレンドシェイプの名前を返します。"
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr "インデックスにより配列から要素を削除します。"
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr "ディテールテクスチャと共に [code]UV[/code] を使用します。"
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr "エディタ内でプロパティをグループ化するために使用します。"
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -26538,9 +26735,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -26597,7 +26799,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -28347,6 +28551,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "円柱のレンダリングに使うマテリアル。"
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -32393,7 +32686,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -36332,7 +36625,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -36346,7 +36639,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -36568,13 +36862,20 @@ msgid "The [Mesh] that will be drawn by the [MeshInstance2D]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
 msgstr ""
+"ディテールオーバーレイのピクセルごとの法線を指定するテクスチャです。\n"
+"[b]注:[/b] Godotは、法線マップがX+、Y-、およびZ+の座標を使用することを期待し"
+"ています。一般的なエンジンにて期待される法線マップ座標の比較は、[url=http://"
+"wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
+"Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]このページ[/url] を参"
+"照してください。"
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
@@ -37569,7 +37870,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -37644,9 +37945,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -37738,12 +38039,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -37771,13 +38066,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -38136,7 +38424,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -41301,6 +41589,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -43080,6 +43371,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -43200,6 +43495,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -47693,7 +47992,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -48468,6 +48769,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -51085,9 +51398,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 "AABBは位置、大きさ、およびいくつかのユーティリティ関数からなります。主に高速"
 "なオーバーラップ検出に使用されます。"
@@ -54449,6 +54760,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -55219,6 +55536,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -55985,9 +56312,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "ために使用されるテクスチャです。"
 
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -56246,7 +56574,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -57548,13 +57876,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -64115,7 +64443,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -65225,8 +65555,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
-msgstr "このベクトルと [code]with[/code] のクロス積を返します。"
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
 msgid ""

doc/translations/ko.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Korean translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Doyun Kwon <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -2871,7 +2871,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3865,8 +3870,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9468,15 +9471,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15618,9 +15623,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15636,17 +15640,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15654,8 +15659,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15663,16 +15670,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -16030,6 +16041,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "매개변수의 사인 값을 반환합니다."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "매개변수의 사인 값을 반환합니다."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "매개변수의 사인 값을 반환합니다."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "매개변수의 사인 값을 반환합니다."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "매개변수의 사인 값을 반환합니다."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "매개변수의 사인 값을 반환합니다."
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16517,7 +16561,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22366,111 +22418,247 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "매개변수의 사인 값을 반환합니다."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23917,9 +24105,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23976,7 +24169,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25705,6 +25900,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "매개변수의 사인 값을 반환합니다."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29722,7 +30006,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33619,7 +33903,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33633,7 +33917,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33857,7 +34142,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34846,7 +35131,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34915,9 +35200,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35007,12 +35292,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -35039,13 +35318,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35395,7 +35667,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38674,6 +38946,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40423,6 +40698,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40543,6 +40822,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -45010,7 +45293,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45771,6 +46056,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48371,9 +48668,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51717,6 +52012,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52485,6 +52786,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -53191,7 +53502,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53389,7 +53700,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54523,13 +54834,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60992,7 +61303,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -62097,7 +62410,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/lv.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # LANGUAGE translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Agnis Aldiņš <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -2759,7 +2759,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3753,8 +3758,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9353,15 +9356,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15468,9 +15473,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15486,17 +15490,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15504,8 +15509,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15513,16 +15520,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15880,6 +15891,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16367,7 +16405,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22151,111 +22197,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23701,9 +23882,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23760,7 +23946,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25489,6 +25677,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29497,7 +29773,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33391,7 +33667,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33405,7 +33681,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33629,7 +33906,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34600,7 +34877,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34668,9 +34945,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34760,12 +35037,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34791,13 +35062,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35145,7 +35409,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38295,6 +38559,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40027,6 +40294,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40147,6 +40418,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44607,7 +44882,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45368,6 +45645,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -47968,9 +48257,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51314,6 +51601,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52082,6 +52375,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52788,7 +53091,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -52986,7 +53289,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54120,13 +54423,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60581,7 +60884,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61686,7 +61991,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/mr.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # LANGUAGE translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Prachi Joshi <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -2742,7 +2742,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3736,8 +3741,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9317,15 +9320,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15392,9 +15397,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15410,17 +15414,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15428,8 +15433,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15437,16 +15444,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15804,6 +15815,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16291,7 +16329,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22049,111 +22095,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23593,9 +23774,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23652,7 +23838,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25372,6 +25560,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29361,7 +29637,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33233,7 +33509,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33247,7 +33523,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33471,7 +33748,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34428,7 +34705,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34496,9 +34773,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34588,12 +34865,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34619,13 +34890,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34973,7 +35237,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38105,6 +38369,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -39835,6 +40102,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -39952,6 +40223,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44409,7 +44684,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45170,6 +45447,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -47765,9 +48054,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51098,6 +51385,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -51862,6 +52155,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52559,7 +52862,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -52757,7 +53060,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53891,13 +54194,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60340,7 +60643,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61443,7 +61748,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/nb.po

@@ -1,24 +1,25 @@
 # LANGUAGE translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # slasken06 <[email protected]>, 2021.
 # Daniel Skogly <[email protected]>, 2021.
+# Imre Kristoffer Eilertsen <[email protected]>, 2022.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Godot Engine class reference\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://github.com/godotengine/godot\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-03 13:15+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Daniel Skogly <[email protected]>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-01-10 13:19+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Imre Kristoffer Eilertsen <[email protected]>\n"
 "Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/godot-"
 "engine/godot-class-reference/nb_NO/>\n"
-"Language: nb_NO\n"
+"Language: nb\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Weblate 4.9-dev\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 4.10.1\n"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Description"
@@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "Beskrivelse"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Tutorials"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Opplæring"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Properties"
@@ -78,19 +79,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Default"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Standard"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Setter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Setter"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "value"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "verdi"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid "Getter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Henter"
 
 #: doc/tools/make_rst.py
 msgid ""
@@ -2752,7 +2753,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3746,8 +3752,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9327,15 +9331,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15402,9 +15408,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15420,17 +15425,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15438,8 +15444,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15447,16 +15455,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15814,6 +15826,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16301,7 +16340,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22059,111 +22106,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23603,9 +23785,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23662,7 +23849,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25382,6 +25571,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29371,7 +29648,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33243,7 +33520,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33257,7 +33534,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33481,7 +33759,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34438,7 +34716,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34506,9 +34784,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34598,12 +34876,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34629,13 +34901,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34983,7 +35248,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38115,6 +38380,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -39845,6 +40113,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -39962,6 +40234,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44419,7 +44695,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45180,6 +45458,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -47775,9 +48065,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51108,6 +51396,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -51872,6 +52166,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52569,7 +52873,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -52767,7 +53071,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53901,13 +54205,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60350,7 +60654,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61140,11 +61446,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml
 msgid "Invalid parameter."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ugyldig parameter."
 
 #: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml
 msgid "HTTP error."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "HTTP feil."
 
 #: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml
 msgid "Socket error."
@@ -61168,7 +61474,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml
 msgid "Unknown error."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ukjent feil."
 
 #: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml
 msgid "UPNP device."
@@ -61453,7 +61759,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/ne.po

@@ -2742,7 +2742,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3736,8 +3741,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9317,15 +9320,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15392,9 +15397,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15410,17 +15414,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15428,8 +15433,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15437,16 +15444,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15804,6 +15815,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16291,7 +16329,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22049,111 +22095,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23593,9 +23774,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23652,7 +23838,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25372,6 +25560,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29361,7 +29637,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33233,7 +33509,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33247,7 +33523,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33471,7 +33748,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34428,7 +34705,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34496,9 +34773,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34588,12 +34865,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34619,13 +34890,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34973,7 +35237,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38105,6 +38369,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -39835,6 +40102,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -39952,6 +40223,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44409,7 +44684,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45170,6 +45447,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -47765,9 +48054,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51098,6 +51385,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -51862,6 +52155,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52559,7 +52862,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -52757,7 +53060,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53891,13 +54194,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60340,7 +60643,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61443,7 +61748,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/nl.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Dutch translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Stijn Hinlopen <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -2793,7 +2793,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3787,8 +3792,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9387,15 +9390,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15502,9 +15507,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15520,17 +15524,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15538,8 +15543,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15547,16 +15554,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15914,6 +15925,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16401,7 +16439,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22185,111 +22231,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23735,9 +23916,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23794,7 +23980,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25523,6 +25711,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29531,7 +29807,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33425,7 +33701,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33439,7 +33715,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33663,7 +33940,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34634,7 +34911,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34702,9 +34979,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34794,12 +35071,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34825,13 +35096,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35179,7 +35443,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38329,6 +38593,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40061,6 +40328,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40181,6 +40452,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44641,7 +44916,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45402,6 +45679,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48002,9 +48291,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51349,6 +51636,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52117,6 +52410,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52823,7 +53126,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53021,7 +53324,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54155,13 +54458,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60616,7 +60919,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61721,7 +62026,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/pl.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Polish translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Tomek <[email protected]>, 2020, 2021.
@@ -3210,7 +3210,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -4204,8 +4209,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9813,15 +9816,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15945,9 +15950,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15963,17 +15967,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15981,8 +15986,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15990,16 +15997,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -16357,6 +16368,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Liczy iloczyn wektorowy tego wektora oraz [code]with[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Liczy iloczyn wektorowy tego wektora oraz [code]with[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Liczy iloczyn wektorowy tego wektora oraz [code]with[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Liczy iloczyn wektorowy tego wektora oraz [code]with[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Liczy iloczyn wektorowy tego wektora oraz [code]with[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Liczy iloczyn wektorowy tego wektora oraz [code]with[/code]."
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16844,7 +16888,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22638,111 +22690,247 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "Zwraca sinus parametru."
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -24189,9 +24377,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -24248,7 +24441,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25981,6 +26176,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "Zwraca sinus parametru."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -30001,7 +30285,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33907,7 +34191,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33921,7 +34205,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -34145,7 +34430,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -35141,7 +35426,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -35216,9 +35501,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35308,12 +35593,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -35340,13 +35619,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35700,7 +35972,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38856,6 +39128,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40620,6 +40895,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40740,6 +41019,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -45209,7 +45492,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45970,6 +46255,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48578,9 +48875,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51927,6 +52222,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52696,6 +52997,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -53402,7 +53713,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53600,7 +53911,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54737,13 +55048,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -61216,7 +61527,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -62321,8 +62634,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
-msgstr "Liczy iloczyn wektorowy tego wektora oraz [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
 msgid ""

doc/translations/pt.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Portuguese translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Reubens Sanders <[email protected]>, 2021.
@@ -3497,8 +3497,13 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr "Botão 22 do controle."
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
-msgstr "Representa a quantidade máxima de botões de joystick suportados."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
 msgid "DualShock circle button."
@@ -4501,8 +4506,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -10094,15 +10097,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -16207,9 +16212,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -16225,17 +16229,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -16243,8 +16248,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -16252,16 +16259,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -16619,6 +16630,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Retorna o nome do nó em [code]idx[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Retorna o nome do nó em [code]idx[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Retorna o nome do nó em [code]idx[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Retorna o nome do nó em [code]idx[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Retorna o nome do nó em [code]idx[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Retorna o nome do nó em [code]idx[/code]."
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -17108,7 +17152,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22872,111 +22924,252 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
+msgstr "Salva a cena como um ficheiro em [code]path[/code]."
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid ""
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "Retorna o nome do nó em [code]idx[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr "Remove todos os pontos da linha."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr "Remove todos os itens da lista."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr "Salva a cena como um ficheiro em [code]path[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr "Emitido quando uma nova interface é adicionada."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -24416,9 +24609,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -24475,7 +24673,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -26195,6 +26395,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "A largura de uma textura."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -30184,7 +30473,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -34060,7 +34349,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -34074,7 +34363,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -34298,7 +34588,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -35268,7 +35558,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -35338,9 +35628,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35432,12 +35722,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -35463,13 +35747,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35820,7 +36097,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38954,6 +39231,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40686,6 +40966,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40803,6 +41087,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -45260,7 +45548,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -46021,6 +46311,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48616,9 +48918,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51951,6 +52251,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52716,6 +53022,17 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr "Emitido quando um ficheiro é selecionado."
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -53413,7 +53730,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53615,7 +53932,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54763,13 +55080,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -61217,7 +61534,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -62320,8 +62639,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
-msgstr "Retorna o produto cruzado deste vetor e [code]com[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
 msgid ""

doc/translations/pt_BR.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Portuguese (Brazil) translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # José Paulo <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -3646,8 +3646,13 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr "Botão 22 do controle."
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
-msgstr "Representa o número máximo de botões de joystick suportados."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
 msgid "DualShock circle button."
@@ -4727,8 +4732,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -10350,15 +10353,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -16529,9 +16534,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -16547,17 +16551,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -16565,8 +16570,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -16574,16 +16581,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -16941,6 +16952,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Retorna o nome do nó em [code]idx[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Retorna o nome do nó em [code]idx[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Retorna o nome do nó em [code]idx[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Retorna o nome do nó em [code]idx[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Retorna o nome do nó em [code]idx[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Retorna o nome do nó em [code]idx[/code]."
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -17430,7 +17474,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -23227,111 +23279,252 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
+msgstr "Salva a cena como um arquivo em [code]path[/code]."
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid ""
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "Retorna o nome do nó em [code]idx[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr "Remove todos os pontos da linha."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr "Remove todos os itens da lista."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr "Salva a cena como um arquivo em [code]path[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr "Emitido quando uma nova interface é adicionada."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -24779,9 +24972,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -24838,7 +25036,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -26571,6 +26771,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "A largura de uma textura."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -30605,7 +30894,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -34513,7 +34802,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -34527,7 +34816,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -34751,7 +35041,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -35743,7 +36033,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -35815,9 +36105,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35909,12 +36199,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -35941,13 +36225,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -36304,7 +36581,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -39456,6 +39733,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -41223,6 +41503,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -41343,6 +41627,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -45815,7 +46103,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -46576,6 +46866,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -49182,9 +49484,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -52529,6 +52829,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -53301,6 +53607,17 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr "Emitido quando um arquivo é selecionado."
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -54008,7 +54325,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54210,7 +54527,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -55361,13 +55678,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -61856,7 +62173,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -62960,8 +63279,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
-msgstr "Retorna o produto cruzado deste vetor e [code]com[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
 msgid ""

doc/translations/ro.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # LANGUAGE translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # EVOKZH <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -2762,7 +2762,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3756,8 +3761,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9356,15 +9359,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15471,9 +15476,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15489,17 +15493,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15507,8 +15512,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15516,16 +15523,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15883,6 +15894,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16370,7 +16408,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22154,111 +22200,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23704,9 +23885,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23763,7 +23949,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25492,6 +25680,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29500,7 +29776,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33394,7 +33670,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33408,7 +33684,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33632,7 +33909,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34603,7 +34880,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34671,9 +34948,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34763,12 +35040,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34794,13 +35065,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35148,7 +35412,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38298,6 +38562,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40030,6 +40297,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40150,6 +40421,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44610,7 +44885,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45371,6 +45648,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -47971,9 +48260,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51317,6 +51604,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52085,6 +52378,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52791,7 +53094,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -52989,7 +53292,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54123,13 +54426,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60584,7 +60887,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61689,7 +61994,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/ru.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Russian translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Alex <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -3740,9 +3740,13 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr "Кнопка 22 геймпада."
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
-msgstr "Максимальное число кнопок игрового контроллера."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
 msgid "DualShock circle button."
@@ -4865,8 +4869,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -10956,15 +10958,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -17177,9 +17181,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -17192,20 +17195,24 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
+"Возвращает [code]true[/code] если [code]a[/code] и [code]b[/code] "
+"приблизительно равны друг другу."
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -17213,8 +17220,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -17222,16 +17231,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -17616,6 +17629,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Возвращает скалярное произведение с вектором [code]b[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Возвращает скалярное произведение с вектором [code]b[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Возвращает скалярное произведение с вектором [code]b[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Возвращает скалярное произведение с вектором [code]b[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Возвращает скалярное произведение с вектором [code]b[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Возвращает скалярное произведение с вектором [code]b[/code]."
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -18105,7 +18151,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -23914,111 +23968,250 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid ""
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
+msgstr "Устанавливает текущий видимый кадр текстуры."
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "Возвращает синус параметра."
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr "Удаляет элемент из массива по индексу."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr "Используется для группировки свойств в редакторе."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -25468,9 +25661,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25527,7 +25725,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -27262,6 +27462,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "Цвет эффекта отражения."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -31286,7 +31575,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -35213,7 +35502,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -35227,7 +35516,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -35451,7 +35741,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -36447,7 +36737,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -36519,9 +36809,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -36612,12 +36902,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -36644,13 +36928,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -37004,7 +37281,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -40171,6 +40448,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -41940,6 +42220,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -42060,6 +42344,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -46556,7 +46844,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -47321,6 +47611,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -49971,9 +50273,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 "AABB состоит из позиции, размера и нескольких вспомогательных функций. "
 "Обычно используется для быстрых тестов на перекрытие."
@@ -53325,6 +53625,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -54094,6 +54400,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -54806,7 +55122,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -55007,7 +55323,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -56143,18 +56459,26 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
 "code] will make it so the [code]run[/code] animation uses the normal map."
 msgstr ""
+"Анимация создается с помощью ресурса [SpriteFrames], который можно настроить "
+"в редакторе с помощью панели SpriteFrames.\n"
+"[b]Примечание:[/b] Вы можете связать набор карт нормалей, создав "
+"дополнительные ресурсы [SpriteFrames] с суффиксом [code]_normal[/code]. "
+"Например, наличие двух ресурсов [SpriteFrames] [code]run[/code] и "
+"[code]run_normal[/code] сделает так, что анимация [code]run[/code] будет "
+"использовать карту нормалей."
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid "Adds a new animation to the library."
@@ -62684,7 +63008,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -63809,9 +64135,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "length()[/code]."
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
-msgstr "Возвращает скалярное произведение с вектором [code]b[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
 #, fuzzy

doc/translations/sk.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # LANGUAGE translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Richard Urban <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -2745,7 +2745,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3739,8 +3744,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9339,15 +9342,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15454,9 +15459,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15472,17 +15476,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15490,8 +15495,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15499,16 +15506,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15866,6 +15877,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16353,7 +16391,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22137,111 +22183,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23687,9 +23868,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23746,7 +23932,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25475,6 +25663,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29483,7 +29759,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33377,7 +33653,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33391,7 +33667,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33615,7 +33892,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34586,7 +34863,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34654,9 +34931,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34746,12 +35023,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34777,13 +35048,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35131,7 +35395,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38281,6 +38545,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40013,6 +40280,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40133,6 +40404,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44593,7 +44868,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45354,6 +45631,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -47954,9 +48243,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51300,6 +51587,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52068,6 +52361,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52774,7 +53077,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -52972,7 +53275,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54106,13 +54409,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60567,7 +60870,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61672,7 +61977,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/sr_Cyrl.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Serbian (cyrillic) translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Младен Габић <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -2756,7 +2756,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3750,8 +3755,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9350,15 +9353,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15465,9 +15470,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15483,17 +15487,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15501,8 +15506,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15510,16 +15517,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15877,6 +15888,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16364,7 +16402,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22148,111 +22194,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23698,9 +23879,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23757,7 +23943,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25486,6 +25674,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29494,7 +29770,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33388,7 +33664,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33402,7 +33678,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33626,7 +33903,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34597,7 +34874,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34665,9 +34942,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34757,12 +35034,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34788,13 +35059,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35142,7 +35406,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38292,6 +38556,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40024,6 +40291,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40144,6 +40415,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44604,7 +44879,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45365,6 +45642,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -47965,9 +48254,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51311,6 +51598,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52079,6 +52372,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52785,7 +53088,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -52983,7 +53286,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54117,13 +54420,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60578,7 +60881,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61683,7 +61988,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/sv.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # LANGUAGE translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Christoffer Sundbom <[email protected]>, 2021.
@@ -2745,7 +2745,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3739,8 +3744,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9320,15 +9323,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15395,9 +15400,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15413,17 +15417,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15431,8 +15436,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15440,16 +15447,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15807,6 +15818,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16294,7 +16332,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22052,111 +22098,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23596,9 +23777,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23655,7 +23841,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25375,6 +25563,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29364,7 +29640,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33236,7 +33512,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33250,7 +33526,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33474,7 +33751,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34431,7 +34708,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34499,9 +34776,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34591,12 +34868,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34622,13 +34893,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34976,7 +35240,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38108,6 +38372,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -39838,6 +40105,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -39955,6 +40226,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44412,7 +44687,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45173,6 +45450,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -47768,9 +48057,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51101,6 +51388,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -51865,6 +52158,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52562,7 +52865,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -52760,7 +53063,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53894,13 +54197,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60343,7 +60646,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61446,7 +61751,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/th.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Thai translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Thanachart Monpassorn <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -2838,7 +2838,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3839,8 +3844,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9441,15 +9444,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15558,9 +15563,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15576,17 +15580,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15594,8 +15599,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15603,16 +15610,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15970,6 +15981,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16457,7 +16495,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22241,111 +22287,247 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "คืนค่าผกผันรูทสองของพารามิเตอร์"
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23791,9 +23973,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23850,7 +24037,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25579,6 +25768,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "คืนค่า arc tanh ของพารามิเตอร์"
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29597,7 +29875,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33502,7 +33780,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33516,7 +33794,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33740,7 +34019,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34718,7 +34997,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34786,9 +35065,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34878,12 +35157,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34909,13 +35182,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35263,7 +35529,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38445,6 +38711,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40180,6 +40449,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40300,6 +40573,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44764,7 +45041,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45525,6 +45804,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48130,9 +48421,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51476,6 +51765,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52244,6 +52539,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52950,7 +53255,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53148,7 +53453,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54283,13 +54588,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60746,7 +61051,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61857,7 +62164,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/tl.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Tagalog translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Napstaguy04 <[email protected]>, 2021.
@@ -2817,8 +2817,13 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
-msgstr "Kumakatawan sa pinakamaraming bilang ng joystick na sinusuportahan."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
 msgid "DualShock circle button."
@@ -3811,8 +3816,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9392,15 +9395,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15470,9 +15475,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15488,17 +15492,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15506,8 +15511,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15515,16 +15522,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15882,6 +15893,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16369,7 +16407,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22127,111 +22173,246 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23671,9 +23852,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23730,7 +23916,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25450,6 +25638,94 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29439,7 +29715,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33311,7 +33587,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33325,7 +33601,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33549,7 +33826,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34512,7 +34789,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34580,9 +34857,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34672,12 +34949,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns which index the agent is currently on in the navigation path's "
@@ -34703,13 +34974,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35057,7 +35321,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38189,6 +38453,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -39919,6 +40186,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40036,6 +40307,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44493,7 +44768,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45254,6 +45531,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -47849,9 +48138,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51182,6 +51469,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -51946,6 +52239,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52643,7 +52946,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -52841,7 +53144,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53975,13 +54278,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60427,7 +60730,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61530,7 +61835,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/tr.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Turkish translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # hüseyinyıldız <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -3516,7 +3516,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -4510,8 +4515,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -10112,15 +10115,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -16242,9 +16247,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -16260,17 +16264,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -16278,8 +16283,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -16287,16 +16294,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -16654,6 +16665,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Verilen değerin sinüsünü döndürür."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Verilen değerin sinüsünü döndürür."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Verilen değerin sinüsünü döndürür."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Verilen değerin sinüsünü döndürür."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Verilen değerin sinüsünü döndürür."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Verilen değerin sinüsünü döndürür."
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -17141,7 +17185,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22931,111 +22983,247 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "Verilen değerin sinüsünü döndürür."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -24486,9 +24674,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -24545,7 +24738,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -26276,6 +26471,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "Verilen değerin sinüsünü döndürür."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -30289,7 +30573,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -34187,7 +34471,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -34201,7 +34485,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -34425,7 +34710,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -35417,7 +35702,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -35486,9 +35771,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35578,12 +35863,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -35610,13 +35889,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35969,7 +36241,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -39122,6 +39394,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40879,6 +41154,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40999,6 +41278,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -45468,7 +45751,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -46229,6 +46514,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48836,9 +49133,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -52182,6 +52477,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52950,6 +53251,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -53656,7 +53967,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53854,7 +54165,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54990,13 +55301,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -61461,7 +61772,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -62566,7 +62879,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/uk.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Ukrainian translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Yuri Chornoivan <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -2869,7 +2869,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3863,8 +3868,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9471,15 +9474,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15594,9 +15599,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15612,17 +15616,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15630,8 +15635,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15639,16 +15646,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -16006,6 +16017,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Обчислює векторний добуток двох векторів та [code]with[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Обчислює векторний добуток двох векторів та [code]with[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Обчислює векторний добуток двох векторів та [code]with[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Обчислює векторний добуток двох векторів та [code]with[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Обчислює векторний добуток двох векторів та [code]with[/code]."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Обчислює векторний добуток двох векторів та [code]with[/code]."
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16493,7 +16537,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22281,111 +22333,247 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "Повертає синус параметра."
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23832,9 +24020,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23891,7 +24084,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25621,6 +25816,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "Повертає синус параметра."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29637,7 +29921,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33534,7 +33818,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33548,7 +33832,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33772,7 +34057,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34763,7 +35048,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34832,9 +35117,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34924,12 +35209,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -34956,13 +35235,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35312,7 +35584,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38465,6 +38737,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40216,6 +40491,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40336,6 +40615,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44803,7 +45086,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45564,6 +45849,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48164,9 +48461,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51510,6 +51805,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52279,6 +52580,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52985,7 +53296,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53183,7 +53494,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54318,13 +54629,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60789,7 +61100,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61894,8 +62207,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
-msgstr "Обчислює векторний добуток двох векторів та [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
 msgid ""

doc/translations/vi.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # LANGUAGE translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # Rev <[email protected]>, 2021.
@@ -3169,7 +3169,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -4174,8 +4179,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9772,15 +9775,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15857,9 +15862,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15875,17 +15879,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15893,8 +15898,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15902,16 +15909,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -16269,6 +16280,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Trả về sin của tham số."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Trả về sin của tham số."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Trả về sin của tham số."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Trả về sin của tham số."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Trả về sin của tham số."
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "Trả về sin của tham số."
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16756,7 +16800,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22520,111 +22572,247 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "Trả về sin của tham số."
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -24067,9 +24255,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -24126,7 +24319,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25846,6 +26041,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "Trả về sin của tham số."
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29840,7 +30124,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33715,7 +33999,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33729,7 +34013,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33953,7 +34238,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34929,7 +35214,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34999,9 +35284,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35091,12 +35376,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -35123,13 +35402,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35481,7 +35753,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38616,6 +38888,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40369,6 +40644,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40486,6 +40765,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44955,7 +45238,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45718,6 +46003,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48318,9 +48615,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51651,6 +51946,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52415,6 +52716,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -53114,7 +53425,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53313,7 +53624,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54448,13 +54759,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60911,7 +61222,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -62014,7 +62327,16 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml

doc/translations/zh_TW.po

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Chinese (Traditional) translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
-# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
-# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2022 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
 #
 # binotaliu <[email protected]>, 2020.
@@ -2850,7 +2850,12 @@ msgid "Gamepad button 22."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
-msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of game controller buttons supported by the engine. The "
+"actual limit may be lower on specific platforms:\n"
+"- Android: Up to 36 buttons.\n"
+"- Linux: Up to 80 buttons.\n"
+"- Windows and macOS: Up to 128 buttons."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml
@@ -3844,8 +3849,6 @@ msgid ""
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
 "[Rect2].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get an AABB with a positive size.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
 "integer coordinates."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9449,15 +9452,17 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
-msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording the sound from an audio bus."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
 msgid ""
-"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
-"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
-"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
-"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+"Allows the user to record the sound from an audio bus. This can include all "
+"audio output by Godot when used on the \"Master\" audio bus.\n"
+"Can be used (with an [AudioStreamMicrophone]) to record from a microphone.\n"
+"It sets and gets the format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, "
+"16-bit, or compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, "
+"and if it is, records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml
@@ -15572,9 +15577,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_color], [method remove_color_override].\n"
 "[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
@@ -15590,17 +15594,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
-"the corresponding default value.\n"
-"See also [method get_constant]."
+"the control.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant], [method remove_constant_override]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_font_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_font]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15608,8 +15613,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value.\n"
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_icon_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_icon]."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -15617,16 +15624,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
 "code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
-"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
-"value."
+"the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_shader_override] instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
 "[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
-"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
-"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"theme items for the control.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value. This behavior is deprecated and will be removed in 4.0, use [method "
+"remove_stylebox_override] instead.\n"
 "See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
 "[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
@@ -15984,6 +15995,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [Color] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "計算兩個向量的外積。"
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a constant with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "計算兩個向量的外積。"
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a [Font] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "計算兩個向量的外積。"
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for an icon with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "計算兩個向量的外積。"
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removes a theme override for a shader with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "計算兩個向量的外積。"
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Removes a theme override for a [StyleBox] with the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr "計算兩個向量的外積。"
+
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
 msgid ""
 "Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
@@ -16471,7 +16515,15 @@ msgid ""
 "its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
 "child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
-"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+"[code]Rect[/code] area.\n"
+"If you want to check whether the mouse truly left the area, ignoring any top "
+"nodes, you can use code like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _on_mouse_exited():\n"
+"    if not Rect2(Vector2(), rect_size)."
+"has_point(get_local_mouse_position()):\n"
+"        # Not hovering over area.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Control.xml
@@ -22259,111 +22311,247 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface, which reads and writes to the local "
 "VCS in use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
-"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
-"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
-"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
-"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
-"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
-"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+"Defines the API that the editor uses to extract information from the "
+"underlying VCS. The implementation of this API is included in VCS plugins, "
+"which are scripts that inherit [EditorVCSInterface] and are attached (on "
+"demand) to the singleton instance of [EditorVCSInterface]. Instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, all the virtual functions listed below are "
+"calling the internally overridden functions in the VCS plugins to provide a "
+"plug-n-play experience. A custom VCS plugin is supposed to inherit from "
+"[EditorVCSInterface] and override these virtual functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Checks out a [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Commits the currently staged changes and applies the commit [code]msg[/code] "
+"to the resulting commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Creates a new branch named [code]branch_name[/code] in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
-"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
-"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+"Creates a new remote destination with name [code]remote_name[/code] and "
+"points it to [code]remote_url[/code]. This can be both an HTTPS remote or an "
+"SSH remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Discards the changes made in file present at [code]file_path[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
-"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
-"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
-"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
-"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
-"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
-"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
-"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
-"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
-"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
-"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
-"lines in the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
-"line number of the line content.\n"
-"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
-"first contextual line content."
+"Fetches new changes from the remote, but doesn't write changes to the "
+"current working directory. Equivalent to [code]git fetch[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
-"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
-"has experienced.\n"
-"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
-"file is:\n"
-"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
-"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
-"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
-"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
-"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+"Gets an instance of an [Array] of [String]s containing available branch "
+"names in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
-msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgid "Gets the current branch name defined in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
-"empty string."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_file], "
+"[method create_diff_hunk], [method create_diff_line], [method "
+"add_line_diffs_into_diff_hunk] and [method add_diff_hunks_into_diff_file]), "
+"each containing information about a diff. If [code]identifier[/code] is a "
+"file path, returns a file diff, and if it is a commit identifier, then "
+"returns a commit diff."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
-"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
-"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
-"[code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_diff_hunk]), "
+"each containing a line diff between a file at [code]file_path[/code] and the "
+"[code]text[/code] which is passed in."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
-"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_status_file]), "
+"each containing the status data of every modified file in the project folder."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
-"returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] items (see [method create_commit]), each "
+"containing the data for a past commit."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
-"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+"Returns an [Array] of [String]s, each containing the name of a remote "
+"configured in the VCS."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Returns the name of the underlying VCS provider."
+msgstr "回傳參數的正弦值。"
+
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
-"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Initializes the VCS plugin when called from the editor. Returns whether or "
+"not the plugin was successfully initialized. A VCS project is initialized at "
+"[code]project_path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pulls changes from the remote. This can give rise to merge conflicts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
 msgid ""
-"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
-"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
-"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+"Pushes changes to the [code]remote[/code]. Optionally, if [code]force[/code] "
+"is set to true, a force push will override the change history already "
+"present on the remote."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a branch from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Remove a remote from the local VCS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Set user credentials in the underlying VCS. [code]username[/code] and "
+"[code]password[/code] are used only during HTTPS authentication unless not "
+"already mentioned in the remote URL. [code]ssh_public_key_path[/code], "
+"[code]ssh_private_key_path[/code], and [code]ssh_passphrase[/code] are only "
+"used during SSH authentication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down VCS plugin instance. Called when the user either closes the "
+"editor or shuts down the VCS plugin through the editor UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Stages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] to the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file present at [code]file_path[/code] from the staged area to "
+"the unstaged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]diff_hunks[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_file[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to add an array of [code]line_diffs[/code] into a "
+"[code]diff_hunk[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a commit [Dictionary] item. [code]msg[/code] is "
+"the commit message of the commit. [code]author[/code] is a human-readable "
+"string containing the author's details, e.g. the email and name configured "
+"in the VCS. [code]id[/code] is the identifier of the commit, in whichever "
+"format your VCS may provide an identifier to commits. [code]date[/code] is "
+"directly added to the commit item and displayed in the editor, and hence, it "
+"shall be a well-formatted, human-readable date string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing old and new "
+"diff file paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing diff hunk "
+"data. [code]old_start[/code] is the starting line number in old file. "
+"[code]new_start[/code] is the starting line number in new file. "
+"[code]old_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the old file. "
+"[code]new_lines[/code] is the number of lines in the new file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] for storing a line diff. "
+"[code]new_line_no[/code] is the line number in the new file (can be "
+"[code]-1[/code] if the line is deleted). [code]old_line_no[/code] is the "
+"line number in the old file (can be [code]-1[/code] if the line is added). "
+"[code]content[/code] is the diff text. [code]content[/code] is the diff "
+"text. [code]status[/code] is a single character string which stores the line "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid ""
+"Helper function to create a [code]Dictionary[/code] used by editor to read "
+"the status of a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "Pops up an error message in the edior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A new file has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "An earlier added file has been typechanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is left unmerged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A commit is encountered from the commit area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the staged area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml
+msgid "A file is encountered from the unstaged area."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml
@@ -23810,9 +23998,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
 msgid ""
-"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
-"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
-"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] to the list of filters, which restricts what files "
+"can be picked.\n"
+"A [code]filter[/code] should be of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; "
+"Description\"[/code], where filename and extension can be [code]*[/code] to "
+"match any string. Filters starting with [code].[/code] (i.e. empty "
+"filenames) are not allowed.\n"
+"Example filters: [code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code], [code]\"project."
+"godot ; Godot Project\"[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -23869,7 +24062,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
 "code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
-"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]. Multiple file types "
+"can also be specified in a single filter. [code]\"*.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg ; "
+"Supported Images\"[/code] will show both PNG and JPEG files when selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml
@@ -25599,6 +25794,95 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "Gradient-filled 2D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data in 2D space. The "
+"gradient is filled according to the specified [member fill] and [member "
+"repeat] types using colors obtained from the gradient. The texture does not "
+"necessarily represent an exact copy of the gradient, but instead an "
+"interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient at fixed steps (see "
+"[member width] and [member height])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill type, one of the [enum Fill] values. The texture is filled "
+"by interpolating colors starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The final offset used to fill the texture specified in UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "The [Gradient] used to fill the texture."
+msgstr "回傳參數的正弦值。"
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient repeat type, one of the [enum Repeat] values. The texture is "
+"filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] offsets by "
+"default, but the gradient fill can be repeated to cover the entire texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the generated texture will support high dynamic range "
+"([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBAF] format). This allows for glow effects to work "
+"if [member Environment.glow_enabled] is [code]true[/code]. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the generated texture will use low dynamic range; overbright colors "
+"will be clamped ([constant Image.FORMAT_RGBA8] format)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal color samples that will be obtained from the "
+"[Gradient], which also represents the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a straight line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid "The colors are linearly interpolated in a circular pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The gradient fill is restricted to the range defined by [member fill_from] "
+"to [member fill_to] offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, repeating the same pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture2D.xml
+msgid ""
+"The texture is filled starting from [member fill_from] to [member fill_to] "
+"offsets, mirroring the pattern in both directions."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml
 msgid ""
 "GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
@@ -29615,7 +29899,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/InputEventMIDI.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns a value indicating the type of message for this MIDI signal. This is "
-"a member of the MidiMessageList enum.\n"
+"a member of the [enum @GlobalScope.MidiMessageList] enum.\n"
 "For MIDI messages between 0x80 and 0xEF, only the left half of the bits are "
 "returned as this value, as the other part is the channel (ex: 0x94 becomes "
 "0x9). For MIDI messages from 0xF0 to 0xFF, the value is returned as-is.\n"
@@ -33512,7 +33796,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
-"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+"Edge argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because a face only has three edges."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33526,7 +33810,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
-"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+"Vertex argument must be either 0, 1, or 2 because faces contain three "
+"vertices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml
@@ -33750,7 +34035,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -34740,7 +35025,7 @@ msgid ""
 "set_target_location] in order for this to be accurate."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
 "Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
 "if the navigation path is altered in any way. Because of this, it would be "
@@ -34809,9 +35094,9 @@ msgid ""
 "path."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml
+#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent.xml doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sends the given velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
+"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
 "adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
 "is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
 msgstr ""
@@ -34901,12 +35186,6 @@ msgid ""
 "[NavigationAgent2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Returns the reachable final location in global coordinates. This can change "
-"if the navigation path is altered in any way."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
@@ -34933,13 +35212,6 @@ msgid ""
 "to make the agent a child of a [Navigation2D] node."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: doc/classes/NavigationAgent2D.xml
-msgid ""
-"Sends the passed in velocity to the collision avoidance algorithm. It will "
-"adjust the velocity to avoid collisions. Once the adjustment to the velocity "
-"is complete, it will emit the [signal velocity_computed] signal."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml
 msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
 msgstr ""
@@ -35289,7 +35561,7 @@ msgid ""
 "2D obstacle used in navigation for collision avoidance. The obstacle needs "
 "navigation data to work correctly. This can be done by having the obstacle "
 "as a child of a [Navigation2D] node, or using [method set_navigation]. "
-"[NavigationObstacle] is physics safe."
+"[NavigationObstacle2D] is physics safe."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/NavigationObstacle2D.xml
@@ -38442,6 +38714,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
 "continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
 "shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"On Windows, if [code]open_console[/code] is [code]true[/code] and process is "
+"console app, new terminal window will be opened, it's ignored on other "
+"platforms.\n"
 "The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
 "method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
 "method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
@@ -40191,6 +40466,10 @@ msgid ""
 "to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
 "CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -40311,6 +40590,10 @@ msgid ""
 "[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
 "[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
 "[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, [Particles2D] rendering is much slower than "
+"[CPUParticles2D] due to transform feedback being implemented on the CPU "
+"instead of the GPU. Consider using [CPUParticles2D] instead when targeting "
+"macOS.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
 "[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
 "at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
@@ -44778,7 +45061,9 @@ msgid ""
 "[b]Example:[/b]\n"
 "[codeblock]\n"
 "ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
-"[/codeblock]"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This can also be used to erase custom project settings. To do this change "
+"the setting value to [code]null[/code]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
@@ -45539,6 +45824,18 @@ msgid ""
 "serialized in the scene files."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Load the previously opened VCS plugin when the editor starts up. This is set "
+"to [code]true[/code] whenever a new VCS plugin is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
+msgid ""
+"Last loaded VCS plugin name. Used to autoload the plugin when the editor "
+"starts up."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml
 msgid ""
 "Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
@@ -48139,9 +48436,7 @@ msgid ""
 "[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
 "typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
 "It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
-"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB].\n"
-"Negative values for [member size] are not supported and will not work for "
-"most methods. Use [method abs] to get a Rect2 with a positive size."
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Rect2.xml
@@ -51485,6 +51780,12 @@ msgid ""
 "will be added based on the selected scripting language."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
+msgid ""
+"Reload all currently opened scripts from disk in case the file contents are "
+"newer."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml
 msgid ""
 "Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
@@ -52254,6 +52555,16 @@ msgid ""
 "values."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when dragging stops. If [code]value_changed[/code] is true, [member "
+"Range.value] is different from the value when you started the dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml
+msgid "Emitted when dragging is started."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml
 msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
 msgstr ""
@@ -52960,7 +53271,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml
 msgid ""
 "Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -53158,7 +53469,7 @@ msgid ""
 "you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
 "generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
 "respectively.\n"
-"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y+, and Z+ coordinates. "
 "See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
 "Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
 "a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
@@ -54293,13 +54604,13 @@ msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
-msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite and AnimatedSprite3D."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml
 msgid ""
-"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
-"data for playback.\n"
+"Sprite frame library for an [AnimatedSprite] or [AnimatedSprite3D] node. "
+"Contains frames and animation data for playback.\n"
 "[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
 "[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
 "having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
@@ -60764,7 +61075,9 @@ msgid ""
 "TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
 "looks best.\n"
 "[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
-"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tween methods will return [code]false[/code] if the requested "
+"operation cannot be completed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Tween.xml
@@ -61869,9 +62182,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
-msgstr "計算兩個向量的外積。"
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D analog of the cross product for this vector and [code]with[/"
+"code].\n"
+"This is the signed area of the parallelogram formed by the two vectors. If "
+"the second vector is clockwise from the first vector, then the cross product "
+"is the positive area. If counter-clockwise, the cross product is the "
+"negative area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cross product is not defined in 2D mathematically. This method "
+"embeds the 2D vectors in the XY plane of 3D space and uses their cross "
+"product's Z component as the analog."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: doc/classes/Vector2.xml
 msgid ""